Document:

Document

Exhibit 10.1

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. 
2010 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MAY 19, 2021) 

1.Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company’s intention is to have the 423 Component qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a uniform and non-discriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Code Section 423. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of options under the Non-423 Component that do not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423. The options granted under the Non-423 Component are granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Board or by a Committee designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for eligible employees and the Company. 

2.Definitions. 

(a)“423 Component” means the component of the Plan intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423.

(b)“Administrator” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14. 

(c)“Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan. 

(d)“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(e)“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

i.Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;  

ii.Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board are replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same person will not be considered a Change in Control; or 

iii.Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or 

Exhibit 10.1

acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. 

For purposes of this Section 2(e), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time. 
 
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. 

(f)“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation. 

(g)“Committee” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof. 

(h)“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001. 

(i)“Company” means Align Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto. 

(j)“Compensation” means (i) the regular base salary paid to a Participant by the Company and/or Employer plus (ii) all overtime payments, bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments received during such period. Such Compensation will be calculated before deduction of (A) any income or employment tax withholdings or (B) any contributions made by the Participant to any Code Section 401(k) salary deferral plan or any Code Section 125 cafeteria benefit program now or hereafter established by the Company or Employer. However, Compensation will not include any contributions made by the Company or any Employer on the Participant’s behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than Code Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 contributions deducted from such calculation of Compensation).

(k)“Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan. 

(l)“Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. 

(m)“Director” means a member of the Board. 

(n)“Eligible Employee” means, unless otherwise required under Applicable Law, any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate offering. For 

Exhibit 10.1

purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves. Where the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated six months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis for the 423 Component) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) for purposes of the 423 Component, is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(q) with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose employees are participating in that offering.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, any employee (or group of employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an offering thereunder if the Administrator has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such employee(s) is not advisable or practicable for any reason. 

(o)“Employer” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s). 

(p)“Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period. 

(q)“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

(r)“Exercise Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period. 

(s)“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: 

i.If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or on the last preceding Trading Day for which such quotation exists if the date of determination is not a Trading Day), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

ii.If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or on the last preceding Trading Day if the date of determination is not a Trading Day), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or 

iii.In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator. 

(t)“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company. 

Exhibit 10.1

(u)“New Exercise Date” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress. 

(v)“Non-423 Component” means the component of the Plan not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423.

(w)“Offering Periods” means a period during which an option may be granted pursuant to the Plan and may be exercised on one or more Exercise Dates as specified in Section 4.  The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

(x)“Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e). 

(y)“Participant” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan. 

(z)“Plan” means this Align Technology, Inc. 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated. 

(aa)“Purchase Period” means the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date. 

(ab)“Purchase Price” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Code Section 423 (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20. 

(ac)“Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f). 

(ad)“Trading Day” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading. 
 
3.Eligibility. 

(a)Offering Periods. Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5. 

(b)Limitations. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding for the 423 Component, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Code Section 424(d)) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Code Section 423) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Code Section 423 and the regulations thereunder. 

4.Offering Periods. The 423 Component of the Plan will be implemented by consecutive, overlapping twenty-four (24) month periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 1 and 

Exhibit 10.1

August 1 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine. The non-423 Component of the Plan will be implemented by a series of six (6) month Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after February 1 and August 1 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine.  The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter. 

5. Participation. An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed enrollment agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator. 

6. Contributions. 

(a)At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day or other Contributions (to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made during the Offering Period in an amount not less than one percent (1%) and not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the enrollment agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period, provided that payment through means other than payroll deductions shall be permitted only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld through payroll deductions during the Purchase Period. A Participant’s enrollment agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof. 

(b)Payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof. 

(c)All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and payroll deductions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account. 

(d)A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or may increase or decrease the rate of his or her Contributions during the Offering Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new enrollment agreement authorizing the change in Contribution rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator; provided, however, that a Participant may only make one Contribution change during each Purchase Period and, provided, further, that unless the Administrator provides otherwise, a Participant may reduce, but not increase, his or her Contribution rate during a Purchase Period for that Purchase Period (it being understood that a Participant may increase his or her Contribution rate for a future Purchase Period prior to the commencement of any such Purchase Period). If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of his or her Contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of Contribution rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period, and may 

Exhibit 10.1

establish such other conditions or limitations as it deems appropriate for Plan administration. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 6(d) will be effective as soon as administratively possible. 

(e)Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 3(b), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Code Section 423(b)(8) and Section 3(b) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10. 

(f)Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, and (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code.

(g)At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or the Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s Compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). 

7.Grant of Option. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that (a) in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 2,500 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3(b)) on the Enrollment Date, (b) in no event will the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that may be purchased during each Purchase Period under the Plan exceed 400,000 shares, and (c) such limits under clauses (a) and (b) further will be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13 and to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option with respect to an Offering Period by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period. 

8.Exercise of Option. 

(a)Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional 

Exhibit 10.1

shares of Common Stock will be purchased; unless otherwise determined by the Administrator for legal or administrative reasons, any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be refunded as soon as administratively possible along with any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. 

(b)If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. 

9.Delivery. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange for the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9. 
 
10.Withdrawal. 

(a)A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5. 

(b)A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws. 

Exhibit 10.1

11.Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. 

12.Interest. No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). 

13.Stock. 

(a)Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 4,400,000 shares of Common Stock. 

(b)Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares. 

(c)Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. 

14.Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate offerings under the Plan, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan, to designate subsidiaries as participating in the Plan, to determine eligibility, including which subsidiaries shall be Designated Subsidiaries  and whether the employees of the Designated Subsidiary shall participate in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, the Board or Committee may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures for jurisdictions outside of the U.S. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board or the Committee specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures and sub-plans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be outside the scope of Code Section 423, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of Common Stock issuances, which may vary according to local requirements. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by Applicable Law, be final and binding upon all parties. 

15.Designation of Beneficiary. 

(a)If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective. 

Exhibit 10.1

(b)Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate. 

(c)All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). 

16.Transferability. Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof. 

17.Use of Funds. The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under offerings in which Applicable Law requires that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party for Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares. 

18.Reports. Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any. 

19.Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control. 

(a)Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13. 

(b)Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for 

Exhibit 10.1

the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof. 

(c)Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof. 

20.Amendment or Termination. 

(a)The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable. 

(b)Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. 

(c)In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to: 

i.amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time; 

ii.altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price; 

Exhibit 10.1

iii.shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; 

iv.reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

v.reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period. 
Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants. 
21.Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof. 

22.Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. 

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law. 

23.Code Section 409A. The Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A. 

24.Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. 

25.Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (except its choice-of-law provisions).

26.Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included. 

Exhibit 10.1

27.Automatic Transfer to Low Price Offering Period. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on any Exercise Date in an Offering Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment Date of such Offering Period, then all participants in such Offering Period will be automatically withdrawn from such Offering Period immediately after the exercise of their option on such Exercise Date and automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
 HLF FINANCING SaRL, LLC 

HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
 AND
EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 4.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
May 20, 2021 
  
  

CITIBANK, N.A. 
 Trustee 

 
  
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 1	  			
		 	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE
	  			
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	35	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 2	  			
		 	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	35	 
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	36	 
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 2.04
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 2.05
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 2.06
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 2.07
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 2.08
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 2.09
	 	 Treasury Notes.
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 2.13
	 	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	51	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 3	  			
		 	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	55	 
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Offer to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales
	  	 	55	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 4	  			
		 	COVENANTS	  			
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	56	 
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	56	 
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Reports
	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 4.05
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Restricted Payments
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	 	64	 
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	  	 	66	 
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	71	 

							
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	74	 
	 Section 4.12
	 	 Liens
	  	 	76	 
	 Section 4.13
	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.14
	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	77	 
	 Section 4.15
	 	 Limited Condition Transactions
	  	 	78	 
	 Section 4.16
	 	 Additional Note Guarantees
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 4.17
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 4.18
	 	 Changes in Covenants when Notes are Rated Investment Grade
	  	 	80	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 5	  			
		 	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	 	81	 
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	83	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 6	  			
		 	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 6.02
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 6.03
	 	 Other Remedies.
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 6.04
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 6.05
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.06
	 	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.07
	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.08
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 6.09
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 6.10
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 6.11
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	88	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 7	  			
		 	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	89	 
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	90	 
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	93	 
	 Section 7.06
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	93	 
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	94	 
	 Section 7.08
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 7.09
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	95	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 8	  			
		 	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	96	 
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	96	 
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	97	 
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to Issuers
	  	 	98	 
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	98	 

  
 ii 

							
			
		 	ARTICLE 9	  			
		 	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  			
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	98	 
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	99	 
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
	  	 	101	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 10	  			
		 	NOTE GUARANTEES	  			
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	103	 
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	 	103	 
	 Section 10.04
	 	 Releases
	  	 	103	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 11	  			
		 	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	105	 
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	106	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 12	  			
		 	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	106	 
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Notices
	  	 	106	 
	 Section 12.03
	 	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.04
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.05
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.06
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 12.07
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.08
	 	 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.09
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.10
	 	 Successors
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.11
	 	 Severability
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.12
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.13
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	110	 
	 Section 12.14
	 	 U.S.A Patriot Act
	  	 	110	 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A        	 	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  

  
 iii 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 20, 2021 among HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, each a subsidiary of Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability, the Guarantors and Citibank, N.A., a national banking
association, as trustee. 
 The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“2.625% Notes” means the Company’s 2.625% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 outstanding on the Issue Date. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person; 

provided, that Indebtedness of such other Person that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time, or immediately upon consummation,
of the transaction by which such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person will not be Acquired Debt. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes), if any, issued under this Indenture after the Issue
Date, and forming a single class of securities with the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Custodian, Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional
paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 

  
 1 

 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or 

(2) the excess of: 

(i) the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at June 1, 2024 (such
redemption price being set forth in the table under Section 3.07 (excluding accrued and unpaid interest)) plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note through June 1, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the
redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 

(ii) the outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.10; and 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or
any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets (including, if applicable, the Equity
Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair market value of less than the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 4.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such transaction; 

(2) a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) sales of inventory and other assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business and sales of accounts receivable in
connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) an issuance of Equity
Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) any Permitted Investment or
any Restricted Payment, in each case, that is permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (6) a disposition of products, services,
equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business or a disposition of damaged or obsolete equipment or surplus or other property that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 2 

 (7) the grant of Liens (or foreclosure thereon, or the enforcement with
respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure) permitted by Section 4.12; 
 (8) the sale or
transfer of Receivables Program Assets or rights therein in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (9) the
surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other litigation claims; 

(10) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or investment grade securities; 

(11) grants of licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the
extent not materially interfering with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (12) any sale or
transfer of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property, (ii) the proceeds of such sale or transfer are promptly applied to the purchase price of such
replacement property or (iii) such property is exchanged for like-kind property (without regard to any boot thereon) pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 

(13) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

(14) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith
determination of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

(15) condemnations, appropriations, foreclosures or any similar action (including by deed in lieu of condemnation) on assets;

 (16) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(17) any financing transaction with respect to real property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including
any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; 

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by customary buy/sell
arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding arrangements; 

(19) any liquidation or dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct parent
is also either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and immediately becomes the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary’s assets; 

(20) the partial or total unwinding of any agreement governing any Hedging Obligations or any cash management services or other
bank products; 

  
 3 

 (21) any discounting or otherwise compromising for less than the face value
thereof any notes or accounts receivable in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business, 
 (22)
any sale or disposal by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of shares of Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries in order to qualify members of the governing body of the Subsidiary if and to the extent required by applicable law; 

(23) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a
Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition),
made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

(24) any disposition by HBL Swiss Financing GmbH, HBL Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.à
R.L., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.à R.L., and/or WH Intermediate Holdings LTD (and their respective successors) of margin stock consisting of equity interests of the Company; and 

(25) any lending or other disposition of samples, including time-limited evaluation software, provided to customers or
prospective customers. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law, or (in the case
of any member of the Company Group incorporated or otherwise organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.) any non-U.S. law, for the relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person”
shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation or company or exempted company, the board of directors of the corporation or company or
exempted company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a
partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability
company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members, managers or the board of directors thereof; 

(4) with respect to any Person organized, incorporated, formed or registered under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the
United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the foreign equivalent of any of the foregoing; and 
 (5) with
respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

  
 4 

 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a
resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Trustee or banking institutions in
New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as
capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; and the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated)
of capital stock of, or shares in the share capital of, a corporation or exempted company, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation or exempted company) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase
any of the foregoing, including convertible securities, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into any of the foregoing and/or into cash based on the value of the foregoing and/or into cash based on the value of the foregoing
(including the 2.625% Notes). 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) marketable direct Obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of one year
or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B”
or better; 
 (4) fully collateralized repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(2) and (3) above or clause (6) below; 
 (5) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing
ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; 
 (6) marketable
short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time
neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); 

  
 5 

 (7) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the
requirements of clause (3) of this definition, having a term of not more than 7 days, with respect to securities of the type described in clauses (2), (3) and (6) of this definition; 

(8) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision or taxing authority (as the
case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; 
 (9) money market mutual or similar funds that invest
substantially all of their assets in securities satisfying the requirements of clauses (1) through (8) of this definition; and 

(10) in the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, (i) Investments of the type and
maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign
Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (9) and in this paragraph. 

“CFC” means any “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code that is
directly or indirectly owned by any member of the Company Group that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. 

“CFC Debt” means any intercompany loans, indebtedness or receivables owed (or treated as owed for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) by one or more CFCs. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a
Permitted Holder; 
 (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the
result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of
shares; provided, however, that an entity that conducts no other material activities other than holding Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company and such other activities consistent in scope with
the activities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (any such entity, a “Parent Entity”) will not itself be considered a “person” for purposes of this clause (2); or 

(3) the Company shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of
outstanding Capital Stock of the Issuers. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

  
 6 

 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock or share capital whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all
series and classes of such shares or common stock. 
 “Company” means Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted
company incorporated with limited liability, and any and all successors thereto. 
 “Company Group” means the Company and
all of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to a “member of the Company Group” shall refer to the Company and each of its Subsidiaries. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period plus, without duplication, to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1)
provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus 
 (2) Consolidated
Interest Expense; plus 
 (3) depreciation; plus 

(4) amortization (including amortization of deferred fees and accretion of original issue discount); plus 

(5) all other noncash items subtracted in determining Consolidated Net Income (including any noncash charges and noncash equity based
compensation expenses related to any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards (including, without limitation, restricted stock units or stock appreciation rights) of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries recorded under
GAAP, noncash charges related to warrants or other derivative instruments classified as equity instruments that will result in equity settlements and not cash settlements, and noncash losses or charges related to impairment of goodwill and other
intangible assets and excluding any noncash charge that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such period; plus 

(6) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence, prepayment, amendment, or refinancing of Indebtedness (including in
connection with (i) the negotiation and documentation of this Indenture, the Credit Agreement and any other document executed and delivered in conjunction with the Credit Agreement and any amendments or waivers thereof and (ii) the on-going compliance with this Indenture, the Credit Agreement and any other document executed and delivered in conjunction with the Credit Agreement); minus 

(7) non-cash items and non-recurring gains or credits
increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, in each case, on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total consolidated cash interest expense
(including that portion attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (calculated without regard to any limitations on the payment thereof and including commitment fees, letter-of-credit fees, and net amounts payable under any interest rate protection agreements) determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 7 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for
any period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends;
provided that: 
 (1) solely for purposes of making Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A), the net
income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions (unless a like amount may be advanced to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary as a loan or advance) by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

(2) the net income (or loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the
equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the specified Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent
converted into cash) made by such Person that is a not a Restricted Subsidiary to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 

(3) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles shall be excluded; 

(4) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such
period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) shall be excluded; 
 (5) any gain (or loss) realized
upon the sale or other disposition of assets of such Person or its consolidated Subsidiaries, other than a sale or disposition in the ordinary course of business, and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or disposition of any Capital Stock of
any Person shall be excluded; 
 (6) any impairment charge or asset write-off,
including impairment charges or asset write-offs or writedowns related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
proceedings) or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded; 
 (7) any non-cash compensation expense realized from employee benefit plans or postemployment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation, restricted stock or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers,
directors and employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded; 
 (8) all extraordinary,
unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses including, without limitation, all restructuring costs, severance costs, one-time compensation charges, transition
costs, facilities consolidation, closing or relocation costs, costs incurred in connection with any acquisition prior to or after the Issue Date (including integration costs), including all fees, commissions, expenses and other similar charges of
accountants, attorneys, brokers and other financial advisors related thereto and cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase
Capital Stock, together with any related provision for taxes, shall be excluded; 

  
 8 

 (9) the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, in amounts required or
permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncement, and amortization, write-off or impairment charges resulting therefrom, in each case from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any
acquisition, shall be excluded; 
 (10) any fees and expenses, including prepayment premiums and similar amounts, incurred
during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any equity issuance, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness (including any issuance of Notes),
financing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including, in each case, any such transaction undertaken but not completed), shall be excluded; 

(11) any unrealized gains and losses and with respect to Hedging Obligations for such period shall be excluded; 

(12) any unrealized gains and losses related to fluctuations in currency exchange rates for such period shall be excluded; 

(13) any gains and losses from any early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded; 

(14) any gains and losses from any redemption or repurchase premiums paid with respect to the Notes shall be excluded; and 

(15) any write-off or amortization of deferred financing costs (including the
amortization of original issue discount) associated with Indebtedness shall be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets”
means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company then available, after giving Pro Forma Effect for
acquisitions or dispositions of Persons, divisions or lines of business that occurred on or after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of determination. 

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured
or waived. 
 “Contribution Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal
amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash received from cash contributions (other than proceeds from Disqualified Stock) made to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date; provided that: 

(1) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation under 4.07(a)(3)(B) or used
to make any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(b) (it being understood that if any such Indebtedness incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as incurred under any provision other than Section 4.09(b)(27) the related capital
contribution may thereafter be included in any calculation under Section 4.07(a)(3)(B)); and 

  
 9 

 (2) such Contribution Debt (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such
cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the incurrence date thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means (i) with respect to the Trustee, the principal office of the
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which office as of the date hereof (i) solely for purposes of surrender for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or
repurchase or for conversion is located at 480 Washington Boulevard, 30th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey, Attention: Citibank Agency & Trust – HLF Financing SaRL, LLC and Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., and (ii) for all other purposes
is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Citibank Agency & Trust – HLF Financing SaRL, LLC and Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., or such other office as the Trustee may from time to time designate in writing to
the Issuer. 
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, as amended, dated as of August 16, 2018 by and
among Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Jefferies LLC, as administrative agent for the term loan B lenders and collateral agent, and
Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative agent for the term loan A lenders and revolving credit lenders, each lender from time to time party thereto and each other agent named therein, providing for revolving credit and
term loan borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refundings thereof and any debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) that replace, refund or refinance any part of the
refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
 “Credit
Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more of debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time) or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, the Credit
Agreement, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other indebtedness, including any
notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt
facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) that replace, refund or refinance any part of the refinancing facility or indenture
that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
 “Currency Protection
Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in
currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation. 
 “Custodian” means the
Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

  
 10 

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in
the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in
part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this
Indenture. 
 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the
Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal
executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a sale or collection of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred shares of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that are issued for cash
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock or share ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or
prior to the issuance thereof. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature, (ii) provides for the scheduled payments or dividends in cash, or (iii) is or becomes convertible into
or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date at the time of issuance; provided, however, that with respect
to clause (i), only the portion of the Capital Stock which so matures, is mandatorily redeemable or is redeemable at the option of the holder prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any
Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale or as a result of the
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event of the issuer shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock pursuant to such provision unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. Disqualified Stock shall not include Capital Stock which is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees
solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means a public or private
sale for cash by the Company of its Common Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than public offerings registered on Form S-4 or S-8. 

  
 11 

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear
system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company from (a) capital contributions to its
common Capital Stock or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Capital Stock of the Company (other than proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock) which proceeds are used substantially concurrently to make an Investment, in
each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. Excluded Contributions will be excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3). 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (b) Immaterial Subsidiaries, (c) any Subsidiary
that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any contractual obligation existing on the Issue Date (or, if later, the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) from Guaranteeing the Notes or which would require governmental
(including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide a Guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (d) a Restricted Subsidiary whose provision of a Guarantee would otherwise
result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Company, (e) not-for-profit Restricted
Subsidiaries, (f) Restricted Subsidiaries that are captive insurance companies or (g) any Subsidiary of the Company (i) that is a CFC, (ii) that is owned directly or indirectly by a CFC or (iii) substantially all of the
assets of which consist of stock of one or more CFCs (or are treated as consisting of such assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and/or CFC Debt; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary that directly or
indirectly Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any domestic Subsidiary of the Company under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility will not be an Excluded Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Issuers
constitute an Excluded Subsidiary. As of the Issue Date, Herbalife Venezuela, as well as Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are incorporated in China, Russia, India and Mexico, shall be Excluded Subsidiaries (unless subsequently designated
by the Company as not constituting an Excluded Subsidiary) (it being understood for the avoidance of doubt that the foregoing is not an exhaustive list). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L. will not be an
Excluded Subsidiary. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
existence on the Issue Date (other than the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in existence on the Issue Date), until such amounts are repaid, refinanced or retired. 

“fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an
unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period (for purposes of this definition,
the “Reference Period”), the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference Period to Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for the Reference Period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case,
subsequent to the commencement of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”), then the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of
preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds 

  
 12 

 
therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period; provided that the pro forma calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not give effect to
(i) any Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date in reliance on the provisions described in the definition of Permitted Debt (provided, however, that such calculation shall give effect to Indebtedness incurred on the
Calculation Date in reliance on clauses (2), (3) and (19) of the definition of Permitted Debt) or (ii) any Indebtedness discharged on the Calculation Date to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred
on the Calculation Date in reliance on the provisions described in the definition of Permitted Debt. 
 In addition, for purposes of
calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and
including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the
Reference Period, and Consolidated EBITDA for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis; 
 (2) the
Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownerships therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded; and 

(3) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and
operations or businesses (and ownership interests) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro
forma effect is to be given to a transaction or a calculation is to be made on a pro forma basis, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and may include, without
duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such transaction that have been realized or are expected, in the reasonable judgment of such financial or accounting officer, to be realized within 12 months of the
date of calculation. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for
the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness), and for the avoidance of doubt, if any Indebtedness bears a fixed rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such
Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes
of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except
as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offering rate, or other rate, shall be
deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

  
 13 

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiary that was not formed under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof. 
 “GAAP” means
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided that leases will be accounted for using the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect on
August 16, 2018 and any changes in the accounting for leases after August 16, 2018 will be disregarded. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such
election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided herein); provided that calculations or determinations herein that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal
quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company will provide notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the
Trustee and the Holders of Notes. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2), which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and
collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4) or 2.06(d)(2). 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 

“Guarantors” means: 

(1) the Company; 

(2) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date; 

(3) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee and related supplemental indenture in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture; and 
 (4) any Parent Entity that executes a Note Guarantee and related supplemental
indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 and their respective successors and assigns, in each case of clauses (1) through (4),
until such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance
of doubt, Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L. will not be an Excluded Subsidiary. The Guarantors on the Issue Date shall be the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

  
 14 

 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under interest
rate or currency swaps, caps or collar agreements, foreign exchange agreements, commodity contracts or similar arrangements (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any master agreement that governs the terms of one or more interest rate or
currency swaps, caps or collar agreements, foreign exchange agreements, commodity contracts or similar arrangements) entered into by any Person providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity
prices or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Herbalife
Venezuela” means Vida Herbal Suplementos Alimenticios, C.A., a company dually organized under the laws of Venezuela (compania anónima) and Delaware (under the name VHSA, LLC). 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary (other than the Issuers) (a) the Consolidated Total Assets of
which equal 2.5% or less of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter and (b) the gross revenues of which for the most recently ended four
full fiscal quarters constitute 2.5% or less of the total gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period; provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Consolidated Total Assets as of the
end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would, but for this proviso, exceed 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date, or the total gross
revenues represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would, but for this proviso, exceed 5.0% of the total gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, in each case as of the end of the Company’s most recently
ended fiscal quarter, then the Company shall designate sufficient Immaterial Subsidiaries to no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries so as to eliminate such excess, and each such designated Subsidiary shall thereupon cease to be an Immaterial
Subsidiary (or, if the Company shall make no such designation by the next fiscal quarter), one or more of such Immaterial Subsidiaries selected in descending order based on their respective contributions to the Consolidated Total Assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries shall cease to be considered to be Immaterial Subsidiaries until such excess is eliminated. 

“Indebtedness” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion
of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following: 
 (1) all indebtedness
of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property, excluding (A) any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) any
earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (C) accruals for payroll or other employee compensation and other liabilities
accrued in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
other similar instruments (including purchase-money obligations); 

  
 15 

 (3) all Obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit,
bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement Obligation relates to a trade payable) issued for the account of such Person; 

(4) all Indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); 

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) the maximum fixed redemption, repayment or other repurchase price of Disqualified Stock in such Person at the time of
determination; 
 (7) any Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination (the amount of any such Obligations
to be equal to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); and 

(8) all Obligations of the types referred to in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition of another Person and all
dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed, directly or indirectly, or that is otherwise its legal liability or which such Person has agreed to purchase or
repurchase or in respect of which such Person has agreed contingently to supply or advance funds or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Indebtedness or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether
contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, dividends or other distributions; provided
that if the holder of such Indebtedness has no recourse to such Person other than to the asset, the amount of such Indebtedness will be deemed to equal the lesser of the value of such asset and the amount of the obligation so secured, 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the
specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 For purposes of the foregoing: 

(1) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock was repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that,
if such Disqualified Stock is not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Disqualified Stock; 

(2) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such
Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Indebtedness shall be deemed incurred only as of the date of original issuance
thereof; 

  
 16 

 (3) in the case of any Indebtedness not issued with original issue discount,
the amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due; 

(4) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (8)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee;

 (5) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (8)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of
the Obligations so secured and (II) the fair market value of such property or other assets; and 
 (6) except as
described in clause (5) above, interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Indebtedness. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase or sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any assets or business,
the term “Indebtedness” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the other party may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing
balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, such amount would not be required to be reflected on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” means the first $600 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Rabo Securities
USA, Inc., BBVA Securities Inc., BofA Securities, Inc., Citizens Capital Markets, Inc., Fifth Third Securities, Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Comerica Securities, Inc., Standard Chartered Bank and Jefferies LLC. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means, a debt
rating of the Notes of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P and Moody’s or, in the event S&P or Moody’s shall cease rating the
Notes and the Company shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of such ratings by such other Rating Agency. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in
the forms of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other Obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers in the ordinary course of business and
commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), prepaid expenses and accounts receivable, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct
or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any
such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the last paragraph of Section 4.07. 

  
 17 

 “Issue Date” means the date of first issuance of the Notes under this
Indenture. 
 “Issuers” means HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Herbalife International,
Inc., a Nevada corporation, each a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or
a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 “Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any acquisition by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the
Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing. 

“Maturity Date” means June 1, 2029. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of
any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of all costs relating to such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking fees and broker fees, and sales and underwriting commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset
or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such repayment and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established
in accordance with GAAP or in respect of liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 

  
 18 

 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders
thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person
who is not a U.S. Person. 
 “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it
in the preamble of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial
Notes and any Additional Notes. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest
accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges,
expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, including liquidated damages, Guarantees and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof. 

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain Offering Memorandum with respect to the Initial Notes, dated May 6, 2021. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant or Associate Secretary, the General Counsel, any Vice-President (whether or not designated
by a number or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”) or any Director or Manager of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of the Issuers, that meets the
requirements of Section 12.05. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel, who may be internal
or external counsel for the Company or the Issuers, or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, complying with Section 12.05. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Business” means (1) any of the businesses in which the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are
engaged on the Issue Date and (2) any other business that is the same as, or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, the business described in clause (1) or to any of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture. 

  
 19 

 “Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any purchase by
the Company of a call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common shares in connection with the issuance of any convertible Indebtedness otherwise constituting Permitted Debt, or any
refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal thereof as permitted by Section 4.09 and any sale by the Company of a call option or warrant (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common shares; provided
that the purchase price for the Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction does not exceed the net proceeds from such convertible notes or any such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal thereof as permitted by Section 4.09. 

“Permitted Holder” means HBL Swiss Financing GmbH, HBL Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.à
R.L., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.à R.L., and WH Intermediate Holdings LTD (and their respective successors) in connection with any purchases and/or holdings of the Company’s common equity interests permitted hereunder. For the
purposes of this definition of Permitted Holder, (I) “Control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise and
(II) for the avoidance of doubt, in addition to any other Person or Persons that may be considered to possess Control, (x) a partnership shall be considered Controlled by a general partner or managing general partner thereof, (y) a
limited liability company shall be considered Controlled by a managing member of such limited liability company and (z) a trust or estate shall be considered Controlled by any trustee, executor, personal representative, administrator or any
other Person or Persons having authority over the control, management or disposition of the income and assets therefrom. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or investment grade securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person engaged in a Related Business, if as
a result of such Investment either: 
 (i) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such assets are owned by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 
 (ii) such
Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets, or transfers or conveys assets constituting a business unit, line of
business or division of such Person, to or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 and, in each case, any Investment
held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 and any Investment of Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale to acquire other assets (other than securities or current assets) that will be used or useful in a Related
Business in compliance with Section 4.10; 
 (5) any Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a
Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or a
Special Purpose Vehicle is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest or in the form of a purchase of Receivables and Receivables Related Assets pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation; 

  
 20 

 (6) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (7) Investments in accounts or notes receivable owing to the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade
terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (8) loans and advances to
directors, officers, employees, managers and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment,
relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes; 
 (9) Investments in securities received in settlement of Obligations
of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of trade creditors, franchisees, customers or
suppliers; 
 (10) workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, deposits in connection with bidding on
government contracts and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business and endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to employees, officers, directors and managers in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice; 
 (12) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the
Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and not for speculative purposes and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 

(13) Investments represented by Guarantees of Indebtedness that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture and performance
guarantees and other guarantees in respect of obligations not constituting Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business; 

(14) Investments having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $75.0 million and (ii) 3.0% of Consolidated Total
Assets; provided that if an Investment made pursuant to this clause (14) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of the Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
after such date, such Investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (14); 

(15) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements
with other Persons; 

  
 21 

 (16) loans by the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the
greater of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets to employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the sale of the Company’s Capital Stock by the Company to such employees; provided that
the net cash proceeds from such sales respecting such loaned amounts will not be included in the calculation described in Section 4.07(a)(3)(B); 

(17) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue
Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the
amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; 
 (18) Investments comprised of intercompany loans between the
Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (19)
Investments in the Notes; 
 (20) Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture of the Company or of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(20) that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets; provided that if an Investment made pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that
is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of the Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above
and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20); 
 (21) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the
benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(22) Investments arising in connection with the purchase and sale of marketable securities to facilitate the repatriation of
earnings by Foreign Subsidiaries and Investments arising in connection with the payment of intercompany and other obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not United States persons;

 (23) acquisition of Capital Stock in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or
owing to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claim; 
 (24)
Investments consisting of Permitted Liens; 
 (25) Investments in connection with reorganizations and other activities
related to tax planning and reorganization, so long as after giving effect thereto, the Guarantees under the Note Guarantees, taken as a whole, are not materially impaired; and 

(26) Investments entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary prior to the date such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.17; provided that such Investment was not entered into in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 22 

 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1); 

(2) Liens in favor of the Issuers or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with or becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition
thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition and only extend to the property so acquired; 

(5) Liens on assets of non-Guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of non-Guarantor Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including any
Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4), covering only the assets financed with such Indebtedness and additions and improvements thereon; 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date securing Existing Indebtedness; 

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies or other statutory obligations that are not yet delinquent
or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 

(9) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’, mechanics’, contractors’, materialmen’s,
repairmen’s or other like Liens imposed by law incurred or arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or if more than 60 days overdue, are
unfiled and no action has been taken to enforce such Liens, or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (provided that adequate reserves with respect to such proceedings are maintained in conformity with GAAP); 

(10) pledges or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social
security or similar legislation, or pledges and deposits securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations, including obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds or bank guarantees for the benefit of insurance
carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 23 

 (11) Liens incurred in connection with, or deposits by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to secure, the performance of self-insurance obligations solely in the case of such self-insurance obligations, if and to the extent required by applicable requirements of law, supply chain financing
arrangements, bids, trade contracts and governmental contracts other than Indebtedness for borrowed money, leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance and/or return of money bonds, completion guarantees and
other obligations of a like nature including those to secure health and safety or environmental obligations and guarantee obligations, letters of credit, indemnities including through cash collateralization, surety bonds, performance bonds and
similar instruments supporting such obligations; 
 (12) judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;

 (13) Liens on (i) the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor (other than the
Issuers) securing Indebtedness of that Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09 and (ii) liens on the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a
Guarantor or joint ventures, securing Indebtedness of such non-Guarantors or joint ventures permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09; 

(14) easements, rights-of-way, covenants,
conditions and restrictions, trackage rights, restrictions including zoning restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances and title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially
adversely affect the value of said property or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(15) any interest or title of a lessor under any capital lease or operating lease; provided that such Liens do not
extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such lease; 
 (16) Liens in favor of custom and
revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of non-delinquent customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 

(17) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances incurred in
accordance with this Indenture which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances and products and proceeds thereof; 

(18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, PPSA financing statements or similar public filings
regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(19) leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses, granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, consignment, title
retention or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 24 

 (21) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection; (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of
business; and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking
industry; 
 (22) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance, renew, replace, defease
or discharge any Refinanced Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens: (i) are
no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of such Refinanced Indebtedness; and (ii) do not extend to or
cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing such Refinanced Indebtedness; 

(23) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations
in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(24) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 

(25) Liens on Receivables Program Assets securing Receivables Program Obligations; 

(26) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(27) Liens under licensing agreements for use of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice; 
 (28) Liens incurred to secure cash management services and other bank products in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (29) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to
satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture; 

(30) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with any letter of intent or purchase agreement; 
 (31) Liens incurred on assets or property of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and 4.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of any incurrence); 

(32) (i) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements; provided, that such Liens do not
extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement, and (ii) reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary
course of business or consistent with past practice and not for speculative purpose; 
 (33) Liens that are customary
contractual rights of setoff relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 25 

 (34) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing
Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(35) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company are located; 
 (36) Liens on margin stock; 

(37) Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit permitted and incurred in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and covering the goods or the documents of title in respect of such goods financed by such letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof;

 (38) Liens on property rented to, or leased by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback
Transaction; provided, that (i) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction constitutes Permitted Debt, (ii) such Liens do not encumber any other property of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and the proceeds and products of and
accessions to such property, and (iii) such Liens secure only the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Company’s then current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on
a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 

(39) Liens securing obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09;
provided that, with respect to Liens securing obligations permitted under this clause (39), at the time of incurrence and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 1:50:1.00;
provided that any cash proceeds of any new Indebtedness then being incurred shall not be netted from the numerator in the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio under this clause
(39) for purposes of determining whether such Liens can be incurred. 
 During any Suspension Period, the relevant clauses of
Section 4.09 shall be deemed to be in effect solely for purposes of determining the amount available under clause (7) above. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness) (such other
Indebtedness, “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Refinanced Indebtedness (plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses
incurred in connection therewith including premiums paid, if any, to the holders thereof and upfront fees and original issue discount on such refinancing Indebtedness); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness; 

  
 26 

 (3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Refinanced
Indebtedness; 
 (4) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted
Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Refinanced Indebtedness; and 
 (5) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being
refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced
Indebtedness is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, exempted limited partnership,
exempted company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate or unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any
such entity, or substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business). Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company that is a
Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity). 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this
Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma
Effect” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio in accordance with the provisions set forth in the definition of
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and Section 4.15. 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note evidencing
the obligation of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle to pay the purchase price for Receivables or other Indebtedness to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary (or to a Receivables Subsidiary in the case of a transfer to a
Special Purpose Vehicle) in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than cash required to be held as reserves pursuant to Receivables Documents, amounts
paid in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing under Receivables Documents and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock. 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to which the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables Program Assets (whether existing on the Issue Date or arising thereafter); provided that: 

  
 27 

 (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or
otherwise) of a Receivables Subsidiary or Special Purpose Vehicle 
 (i) is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary), excluding Guarantees of Obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 

(ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) in any
way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or 
 (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction of Obligations incurred in such transactions, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings; 
 (2) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle (except in connection with a receivables securitization facility) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and 

(3) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) do not have any obligation to maintain or
preserve the financial condition of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available (for reasons outside the control of the Company), a statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, nationally recognized in the United States and selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board
of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P’s or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables”
means all rights of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to payments (whether constituting accounts, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles or otherwise, and including the right to payment
of any interest or finance charges), which rights are identified in the accounting records of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as accounts receivable. 

“Receivables Documents” means: 

(1) one or more receivables purchase agreements, pooling and servicing agreements, credit agreements, agreements to acquire
undivided interests or other agreements to transfer or obtain loans or advances against, or create a security interest in, Receivables Program Assets, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time and
entered into by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary and/or a Receivables Subsidiary, and 

  
 28 

 (2) each other instrument, agreement and other document entered into by the
Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary relating to the transactions contemplated by the agreements referred to in clause (1) above, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to
time. 
 “Receivables Program Assets” means: 

(1) all Receivables which are described as being transferred by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Receivables
Subsidiary pursuant to the Receivables Documents; 
 (2) all Receivables Related Assets; and 

(3) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing clauses. 

“Receivables Program Obligations” means: 

(1) Indebtedness and other Obligations owing in respect of notes, trust certificates, undivided interests, partnership
interests or other interests sold, issued and/or pledged, or otherwise incurred, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 

(2) related obligations of the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or a Special Purpose Vehicle (including, without
limitation, Standard Securitization Undertakings). 
 “Receivables Related Assets” means: 

(1) any rights arising under the documentation governing or relating to Receivables (including rights in respect of Liens
securing such Receivables and other credit support in respect of such Receivables); 
 (2) any proceeds of such Receivables
and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited; 
 (3) spread accounts and other similar accounts (and
any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (4) any warranty,
indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim arising out of Receivables Documents; and 
 (5) other assets which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable. 

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables
Subsidiary) in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Receivables Subsidiary). 

  
 29 

 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a special purpose Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which Restricted Subsidiary engages in no activities other than those incidental to such Qualified Receivables Transaction and
which is designated as a Receivables Subsidiary by the Company’s Board of Directors. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such
designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying, to the best of such Officer’s knowledge and belief after consulting with counsel, such designation, and the transactions in which the Receivables Subsidiary will engage, comply with the
requirements of the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under
the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance
on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
the Issue Date and any and all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company are similar or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. 

“Responsible Officer,” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate
trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the
persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Asset Sale Proceeds” means in respect of an Asset Sale consummated by a
Foreign Subsidiary, an amount equal to the Net Proceeds attributable thereto if and solely to the extent that the repatriation of such Net Proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the inclusion of such Net Proceeds in the calculation
of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, (a) would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as reasonably determined by the Company or (b) would be prohibited or restricted by applicable law, rule
or regulation, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive
Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 30 

 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., a New York corporation, or
any successor rating agency. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means with respect to any Person an arrangement with any
bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or
investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all funded
Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. For avoidance of doubt, issued but undrawn letters of credit and undrawn capacity
under any revolving credit facility are not funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, but all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) (other than any unsecured Indebtedness that, as of such date of determination, has been
reclassified as incurred pursuant to another clause of the definition of Permitted Debt or Section 4.09(a)) will be deemed to be secured for purposes of calculating the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. 

“Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of (i) Senior
Secured Indebtedness of such Person (net of any unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding any cash proceeds from an incurrence of Indebtedness on the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation
Date (as defined below)) on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation of the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period”); provided the aggregate amount of all unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents to be “netted” for
all purposes hereunder with respect to the definition of “Senior Secured Total Leverage Ratio” shall not exceed $250.0 million. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees,
repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any funded Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case, subsequent to the
commencement of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Senior Secured Leverage
Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of funded Indebtedness
for borrowed money, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period. In addition, the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

  
 31 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the
date hereof and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition. 

“Special Purpose Vehicle” means a trust, partnership or other special purpose Person established by the Company and/or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to implement a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings”
means representations, warranties, covenants, performance guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the appropriate company, are reasonably
customary in an accounts receivable transaction and includes, without limitation, any Receivables Repurchase Obligation. 
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such
Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the
Note Guarantees. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole
general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than the Company. The Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date shall include
HLF Financing, Inc., HLF Financing US, LLC, HV Holdings Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Luxembourg Services S.a.r.l., HBL Luxembourg Holdings S.a.R.L., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.a.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings, Inc., WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.a.R.L., LLC, WH Capital Corporation, Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., Herbalife International do Brasil Ltda., Herbalife Korea Co., Ltd., Herbalife International of Europe, Inc., Herbalife International of
America, Inc., Herbalife Taiwan, Inc., Herbalife International (Thailand), Ltd., Herbalife Manufacturing LLC, Herbalife Venezuela Holdings LLC, Herbalife VH Intermediate International, LLC and Herbalife VH International LLC. 

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of (i) funded Indebtedness
for borrowed money of such Person (net of any unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding any cash proceeds from an incurrence of Indebtedness on the Total Leverage Ratio Calculation Date (as
defined below)) on such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation of the Total
Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Total Leverage Ratio Reference Period”); 

  
 32 

 
provided the aggregate amount of all unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents to be “netted” for all purposes hereunder with respect to the definition of “Total Leverage
Ratio” shall not exceed $250.0 million. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any funded Indebtedness for
borrowed money (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the Total Leverage Ratio Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for
which the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Total Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same
had occurred at the beginning of the Total Leverage Ratio Reference Period. In addition, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the
definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of
the earlier of (a) such redemption date or (b) the date on which the Notes are defeased or satisfied and discharged, of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most
nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2024; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trustee” means Citibank, N.A.,
until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private
Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of
Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.17, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct
or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified level of operating results; and 

  
 33 

 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit
support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such Guarantee or credit support is released upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars,
at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purpose of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as
published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable Obligations of, or Guaranteed
as to full and timely payment by, the United States of America for the payment of which Guarantee or Obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying
(a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2)
the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 	  	Defined in	 
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	 
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	 
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	 

  
 34 

					
	 	  	Defined in	 
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.18	 

 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) all section references contained herein will be deemed to be references to sections of this Indenture, unless otherwise
specified; 
 (7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute,
replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and
Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 35 

 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global
Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in
definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent
such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06. 

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for each of the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive
evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of one or more written orders of the
Issuers signed by at least one Officer of each of the Issuers (each an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Issuers pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Issuers. 

  
 36 

 The Issuers will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes,
including but not limited to determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuers will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will
be final and binding on the Holders. The Issuers will provide a schedule of their calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuers’ calculations without
independent verification and shall be fully protected in relying upon such calculations. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to
appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company, the Issuers or any of the Company’s other Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes. The Issuer has entered into a letter of representations with the Depositary in the form provided by the Depositary, and the Trustee and each Agent are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and Applicable Procedures. 

In acting hereunder and in connection with the Notes, the Registrar and Paying Agent shall act solely as agent of the Issuers and will not
assume any fiduciary duty or other obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the owners or Holders of the Notes. 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Issuers will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent (if other than the Company, the Issuers or one of the Company’s other Subsidiaries) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company, the Issuers or one of the Company’s other subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it will
segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The
Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers will furnish to the Trustee at least seven
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes. 

  
 37 

 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by
the Issuers for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that they are
unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days after the date of such
notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Issuers in their sole discretion determine that the Global Notes (in whole but not in
part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there
has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Registrar or Trustee has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Definitive Notes. 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the
Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f). 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set
forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other
following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial
interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement
Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an
Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required
to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

  
 38 

 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account
to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(g). 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest
in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the
Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the
144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a duly completed certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a duly completed certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a duly completed certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 39 

 (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a duly completed certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (4), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph
(B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (5) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted
Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. 
 Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Private Placement
Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action
required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (A) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (B) with respect to
Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the
Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, (i) provide written notice to the Trustee at least 10 calendar days prior to the
Automatic Exchange, instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise
made eligible for exchange with the Depositary, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least 10 calendar days prior to
the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange

  
 40 

 
shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and the (z) “CUSIP” number of the
Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes and an
Authentication Order, each duly executed by the Issuers, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuers’ request on no less than 5 calendar days’ notice,
the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuers’ name and at their expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 2.06, during the 10 day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(5) shall be permitted without the prior written
consent of the Issuers. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic
Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that
the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic
Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(5), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange
shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a duly completed certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 41 

 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause
the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuers shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in
such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall
deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private
Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Issuers or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable
Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3)
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such 

  
 42 

 
beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2), the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Issuers will execute and upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the
Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial
Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of
a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such
Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a duly completed certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

  
 43 

 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a duly completed certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes
for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Issuers or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction
of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs
(2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

  
 44 

 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a
Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the
requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly
authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or
Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the
Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (B)
if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Issuers or the Registrar so
requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request
to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

  
 45 

 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

(1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON
BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE
DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT
HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED BY
THE ISSUERS AT THEIR OPTION AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON 

  
 46 

 
AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HLF FINANCING SARL, LLC AND HERBALIFE
INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE
BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly
and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes
and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05). 

  
 47 

 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers will be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date
and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered on the books of the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or sent via e-mail with a .PDF file. 

(9) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Issuers’ compliance with or have any
responsibility with respect to the Issuers’ compliance with any federal or state securities laws in connection with registrations of transfers and exchanges of the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among the Depositary’s participants or
beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, as is expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (10) Neither the Trustee nor
any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. 

  
 48 

 (11) The Issuers, the Trustee, and the Registrar reserve the right to
require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer of any Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Note is being made in compliance with
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or rules or regulations adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder, and applicable state securities laws. 

(12) None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner in a Global Note, a
Depositary participant or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any Depositary participant, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any
Depositary participant, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to
the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes and this Indenture shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of the Global Note). The
rights of beneficial owners in the Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable procedures. The Trustee and the Agents shall be entitled to rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, Depositary participants and any beneficial owners. The Trustee and the Agents shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the registered holder of any
Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Note (including the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and additional amounts, if any, and the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder
of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global Note) as the sole holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the beneficial owners thereof. None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts
or omissions of the Depositary with respect to such Global Note for the records of any such depositary, including records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any such Global Note, for any transactions between the Depositary
and any Depositary participant or between or among the Depositary, any such Depositary participant and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such Global Note. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If
any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond, indemnity and/or security must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing
a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note. 

  
 49 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is
considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than
the Issuers or an Affiliate thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue
interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Issuers or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers will prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The
Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall
cancel and destroy all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation in accordance with its customary practices, and shall issue a certificate of destruction to the Issuers for such cancelled Notes.
The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12
Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful
manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuers will notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such
special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Issuers) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

  
 50 

 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if then generally in use, and thereafter with respect to such
Notes the Trustee may use such numbers in any notice provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or
other similar numbers. Any Additional Notes subsequently issued would be treated as a single series for all purposes under this Indenture; provided, that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, such Additional Notes shall have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it
must furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time and the Notes are not in global form, unless otherwise required by
law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows: 

(1) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the
Notes are listed; or 
 (2) if the Notes are not so listed, by lot or on a pro rata basis subject to adjustment for
minimum denominations. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time and the Notes are Global Notes, the Notes to be
redeemed will be selected in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the
particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption or purchase. 

  
 51 

 The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this
Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03
Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, the Issuers will send or cause to be sent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or by first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered
address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11.

 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued (or transferred by book entry) upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (9) any conditions precedent to such
redemption in reasonable detail. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that
the Trustee give such notice together with the notice to be given setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

  
 52 

 Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject
to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other debt or equity financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction or event, and, at the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may
be delayed until such time as any or all of such conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion). In addition, the Issuers may provide in any notice of redemption that payment of the redemption price and the
performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person; provided, however, that the Issuers will remain obligated to pay the redemption price and perform their obligations with
respect to such redemption in the event such other Person fails to do so. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to completion thereof. 

If such condition precedent to such redemption has not been satisfied, the Issuers will provide notice to the Trustee not less than two
Business Days prior to the redemption date that such condition precedent has not been satisfied. The Trustee shall promptly send a copy of such notice to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03, except as may be provided in Section 3.03 if any such redemption
is subject to any condition precedent, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

At or prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on or prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date; provided, that, that to the extent such deposit is received by the Trustee or the
Paying Agent after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any such due date, such deposit will be deemed deposited on the next Business Day. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the
Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall
be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers
to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue (or deliver by book entry transaction pursuant to
Applicable Procedures) and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

  
 53 

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to June 1, 2024.

 (b) At any time prior to June 1, 2024, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption
date (subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings consummated after the Issue
Date; provided that: 
 (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this
Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (unless all such Notes are otherwise repurchased or redeemed); and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c) At any time prior to June 1, 2024, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than
15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights
of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the Applicable Premium promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible
for such calculation nor shall it verify such calculation. 
 (d) On or after June 1, 2024, the Issuers may on any one or more
occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to but excluding the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.438	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.219	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In the event that Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a
Change of Control Offer and the Issuers (or any third party making such Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers) purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Issuers will have the right, given not more than 30 days following the
purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described below, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the repurchase date). 

  
 54 

 If an optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the
related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Notes is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes
will be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 
 The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time
purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09 Offer to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Issuers are required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it will follow the procedures
specified below. 
 Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Issuers will send, in accordance with Applicable Procedures, or by
first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. The
notice, which will govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made
pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Net Proceeds Offer will remain open; 

(2) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the date of purchase (the “Purchase Date”); 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrete or accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer
will cease to accrue interest on the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Net
Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date; 

  
 55 

 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers,
the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Net Proceeds Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the
Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds
the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Issuers will select the Notes and, if applicable, the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal
amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be
purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the
Issuers will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount (less any pro rata portion thereof attributable to other Pari Passu Indebtedness) of Notes or portions
thereof tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount attributable to the Notes has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may
be, will promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so
accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be
made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of
Notes. 
 The Issuers will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuers, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in
immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due; provided, that, that to the extent such deposit is received by the Paying Agent after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any
such due date, such deposit will be deemed deposited on the next Business Day. 
 The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.  

The Issuers will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers
will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers fail to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

  
 56 

 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation
to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with
Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03 Reports.  

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the
information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent
similar information was included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) audited financial
statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters
of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of the Company containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if
the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was provided or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and reviewed pursuant to Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 (or any successor provision); and 

  
 57 

 (3) within five Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would
have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the
information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no
such current report or any information required to be contained in such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event, or any information with respect to such event which is not included
in any report that is furnished, is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or such current report relates solely to
information required under Items 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, insofar as it relates to securities other than the Notes and the Note Guarantees, or 5.02(e) of Form 8-K or any successor provisions thereto; 

provided, however, that (i) any information required by part III of Form 10-K shall be
deemed to be timely delivered in accordance with the foregoing requirements so long as it is included in a definitive proxy statement or amendment to Form 10-K filed with the SEC within the period permitted
under the SEC’s rules and regulations and (ii) all such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), (B)
will not be required to contain the information required by Items 201, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 701 or 703 of Regulation S-K, and (C) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for
Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC; 

provided further that, the foregoing delivery requirements will be deemed satisfied if the foregoing materials are publicly available on
the SEC’s EDGAR system (or a successor thereto) within the applicable time periods specified above. 
 (b) So long as any Notes are
outstanding and the Company is not subject to the periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, if the foregoing materials are not publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR system (or a successor thereto) within the applicable time
periods specified above, the Company will also: 
 (1) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no
fewer than three Business Days prior to the first public disclosure of the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) announcing the date on which such reports will become publicly available and
directing Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain copies of such reports; and 

(2) maintain a website to which the Trustee, Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given
access and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 4.03 are posted. 
 (c) So long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company will also: 

  
 58 

 (1) at any time after the Company releases its earnings for any annual or
quarterly period, but in no event later than 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee (or filing with the SEC) the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a), hold a conference call to discuss
such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period (which conference call may, at the option of the Company, be the same conference call that the Company’s shareholders and/or equity research analysts are invited to);
and 
 (2) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the
date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective investors,
broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information. 
 (d) In addition, the
Company shall furnish to Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely
transferable under the Securities Act. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any failure to comply with this Section 4.03
shall be automatically cured when the Company provides all required reports to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, or files all required reports with the SEC, or holds such conference call, as applicable. 

Delivery of the above reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not
constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s compliance with any of their respective covenants hereunder (as
to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or certificates delivered pursuant to Section 4.04) or any other agreement or document. The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether or not such
information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to the EDGAR filing system (or its successor) or postings to any website have occurred. The Trustee has no duty to participate in or monitor any conference calls. 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.  

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate signed by the
chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the principal accounting officer that need not comply with Section 12.05 stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has
been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate,
that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions
of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer obtaining knowledge of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate describing such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof. 

  
 59 

 Section 4.05 Taxes.  

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.  

Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead,
or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the
Issuers and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07
Restricted Payments.  
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly: 
 I. declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of
the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 II. purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case held by
Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 III. make any principal payment on or with
respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (i) intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity thereof, in each case due within one
year of the date of such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement); or 
 IV. make
any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 

  
 60 

 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
giving Pro Forma Effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (17), (18) or
(20) of Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated
Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on July 1, 2018 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment; or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the Company
after August 16, 2018, as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of: 

(i) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company; or 

(ii) Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or debt securities of the Company that in each case have been converted
into or exchanged for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, plus 

(C) 100% of the fair market value as of the date of issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) issued
since August 16, 2018 by the Company as consideration for the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Related Business (including by
means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture); plus 
 (D) to the
extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or other property or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment or
the fair market value of such other property (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 

(E) 50% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary from any distribution or dividend (other than a return of capital) from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (whether or not such dividend or distribution is included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus 

(F) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or upon the merger or consolidation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of redesignation and (y) such fair market
value as of the date such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus 

  
 61 

 (G) $250.0 million. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the
date of declaration thereof or the giving of any redemption notice related thereto, if at said date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the contribution of common equity capital to the Company within 10 Business Days; provided that the amount of
any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(3)(B); 

(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent (i) incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) issuance of Disqualified Stock
permitted to be issued under this Indenture; 
 (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership, limited
liability company or other business entity, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any future, current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement,
employment agreement, severance agreement or other executive compensation arrangement or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for
all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the greater of (i) $25.0 million and (ii) 1.0% of Consolidated Total Assets in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over
to subsequent calendar years; provided that the aggregate purchase price for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $50.0 million in any calendar year); provided, further, that such
amounts set forth in this clause (5) may be increased by an amount equal to the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and provided, further,
that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company from sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to officers, directors, employees or
consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that occur after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds used for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(B); and provided, further, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by this proviso in any calendar year); and
provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company will not
be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment; 

  
 62 

 (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon the
exercise of stock options, warrants, stock appreciation rights or other similar related instruments to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options and (ii) in connection with the withholding
of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to a director or an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such director or employee upon such grant or award; 

(7) payments to holders of the Company’s common shares in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in its share capital;

 (8) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Disqualified Stock of the Company in
exchange for Disqualified Stock of the Company or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent issuance of Disqualified Stock by the Company, in each case that is permitted to be issued as described under Section 4.09; 

(9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with
the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or
acquired for value; 
 (10) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock or shares of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of
“Consolidated Interest Expense”; 
 (11) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series
of Designated Preferred Stock of the Company; 
 (12) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant
to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company; 

(13) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights
granted to all the holders of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition,
cancellation or other retirement of such rights is not for the purpose of evading the limitations of this Section 4.07 (all as determined in good faith by a senior financial officer of the Company); 

(14) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount under this clause (14) at any time outstanding not to exceed
$100.0 million plus the amount of any unused portion of the basket provided for under clause (18); 
 (15) Restricted
Payments so long as the Total Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto (including, without limitation, to the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payment),
does not exceed 2.9 to 1.0; 

  
 63 

 (16) any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction and any
payments in connection therewith; 
 (17) payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(18) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount under this clause (18) at any time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million plus the amount of any unused portion of the basket provided for under clause (14); 

(19) payments necessary so that Subordinated Indebtedness will not have “significant original issue discount” and
thus will not be treated as “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code; 

(20) the conversion of Subordinated Indebtedness to Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or Capital Stock of any direct or
indirect parent company of the Company; and 
 (21) payments of cash upon settlements of conversions or exchanges of
convertible notes; 
 provided that in the case of clauses (5), (12), (14), (15) and (18), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a
Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Company will be permitted, in its sole discretion, to classify
the Restricted Payment, or later reclassify the Restricted Payment in whole or in part, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07. 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.  

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed
to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of
the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 64 

 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and any other agreement as in effect on the
Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other documents relating to the Credit Agreement, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those
agreements; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other
payment restrictions than those contained in such agreements on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the
related Note Guarantees; 
 (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or administrative or court order; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred or Capital Stock was issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses, contracts and other
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3); 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted
Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or other disposition; 

(8) agreements governing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are, in the good faith judgment of the senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing
the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (9) any agreement creating a Lien securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be
incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12, to the extent limiting the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien; 

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale
agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors; 

(11) customary restrictions on a Receivables Subsidiary and Receivables Program Assets effected in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; 

  
 65 

 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) in the case of the provision described in
Section 4.08(a)(3): (a) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset or (b) arising or agreed to in
the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
 (14) existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary provisions
contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(15) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not prohibited to
be incurred under this Indenture; provided that (a) such encumbrances or restrictions are customary for the type of Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and (b) such encumbrances or restrictions will not affect
in any material respect the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company; 

(16) agreements governing Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09(b)(4), provided that such encumbrances or
restrictions apply only to assets financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness; 
 (17) any other agreement governing
Indebtedness incurred after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances or other restrictions that are, in the good faith judgment of the senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company, no more restrictive in any material respect taken as
a whole than those encumbrances and other restrictions that are customary in comparable financings; and 
 (18) any
encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through
(17) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive as a whole with
respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.  

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company and the Guarantors will not issue any
Disqualified Stock and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors) to issue any shares of preferred stock or preferred shares; provided, however, that the Issuers and any of the Guarantors
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a Pro Forma Basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) as if
the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

  
 66 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the
following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the incurrence by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) Indebtedness, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding as of any date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness (together with the
aggregate amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness outstanding as of such date that was incurred pursuant to clause (1)(b) and that is not deemed to be incurred pursuant to another clause of this Section 4.09(b) or Section 4.09(a)
as a result of reclassification) not to exceed (x) $1,250.0 million, plus (y) the greater of (A) $855.0 million and (B) the Consolidated EBITDA for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to this clause (1), determined on a Pro Forma Basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), and (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness that was incurred pursuant to this clause (1) and was not, as of the date of incurrence
of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, deemed to be incurred pursuant to another clause of this Section 4.09(b) or Section 4.09(a) as a result of reclassification; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) the incurrence by the Company, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and Note
Guarantees issued on the Issue Date; 
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations, including obligations in respect of mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings, including in connection with any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of or refinancing the acquisition, replacement, construction, installation, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets, in
an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) $175.0 million and (b) 7.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness incurred under clauses (2), (3) or (4) above, this clause (5), clauses (16), (17), (19), (25), (26) or (27) below or pursuant to
Section 4.09(a); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  

  
 67 

 (A) if the Issuers or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, and
the payee is not one of the Issuers or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuers, or the Note Guarantee of such
Guarantor, in the case of a Guarantor; and 
 (B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are not
entered into for the purpose of speculation; 
 (8) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of preferred shares or shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and 
 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred
stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock or preferred shares by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by
this clause (8); 
 (9) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or
a Subsidiary or joint venture of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09 and could have been incurred (in compliance with this Section 4.09) by the Person so Guaranteeing such Indebtedness;

 (10) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft
or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of security for
workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to
reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims provided to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, bankers’ acceptances, indemnities including through letters of credit, cash collateralization,
performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that the underlying obligation to perform is that of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and not that of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and provided further that such underlying obligation is not in respect of borrowed money; 

(12) the incurrence of Indebtedness that may be deemed to arise as a result of agreements of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, deferred purchase price adjustments, earn-out or similar Obligations, in each case, 

  
 68 

 
incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
(a) any amount of such Obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (12) and (b) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such
Obligations outstanding under this clause (12) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash
proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(13) Indebtedness incurred under commercial letters of credit issued for the account of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (and not for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, incurring Indebtedness or providing credit support or a similar arrangement in respect of Indebtedness); or Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries under letters of credit and bank guarantees backstopped by letters of credit under the Credit Facilities; 

(14) pledges, deposits or payments made or given in the ordinary course of business in connection with or to secure statutory,
regulatory or similar obligations, including obligations under health, safety or environmental obligations, or arising from guarantees to suppliers, lessors, licenses, contractors, franchisees or customers of obligations, other than Indebtedness,
made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, or their respective estates, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees, spouses or former spouses in connection with the redemption or
purchase of Capital Stock, to the extent permitted by Section 4.07(b)(5); 
 (16) the incurrence by any Foreign
Subsidiary of Indebtedness and/or the guarantee by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence
of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (16), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed the greater of (a)
$75.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 
 (17) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Capitalized Lease Obligation resulting from a Sale and Leaseback Transaction in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (17), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed the greater of (a)
$75.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 
 (18) Indebtedness
in respect of Receivables Program Obligations; 
 (19) the incurrence of Acquired Debt or other Indebtedness incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, an acquisition (including by way of merger or consolidation) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to such acquisition, either (a) the
Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately following such acquisition and incurrence (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (b) the Company’s pro forma Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition and incurrence; 

  
 69 

 (20) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease, redeem or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; 

(21) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consisting of obligations to pay insurance
premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs and other cash management arrangements in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) cash management obligations and other
Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts; 

(25) the incurrence of Indebtedness by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor (other than the
Issuers), and/or the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of any joint venture of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any
time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (25), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (25), not to
exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 

(26) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal
amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (26), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (26), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); and 

(27) any Contribution Debt. 

The Issuers and the Company will not, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any
Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuers or of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes and the applicable Guarantee on substantially the same terms. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, the
Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one
or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them, including intercreditor agreements that contain customary provisions requiring turnover by holders of junior priority Liens of proceeds of collateral in the
event that the security interests in favor of the holders of the senior priority in such intended collateral are not perfected or invalidated and similar customary provisions protecting the holders of senior priority Liens. 

  
 70 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an
item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (27) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence (or later reclassify such Indebtedness in whole or in part) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding
under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will, at all times, be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.09(b)(1) and may not be reclassified. In addition, the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue
discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed
to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness
incurred, or any Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Debt under which such Indebtedness is being incurred, is denominated in a different currency, the amount of any such Indebtedness being
incurred and such outstanding Indebtedness, if any, will in each case be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date any such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed or first incurred (whichever
yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, which U.S. Dollar Equivalent will be reduced by any repayment on such Indebtedness in proportion to the reduction in principal amount; provided,
however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Protection Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, payable on such Indebtedness,
the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Protection Agreement. The principal amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced
will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Protection Agreement, in which case the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) if the principal amount of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such
excess, as appropriate, will be determined on the date such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the fair market value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of, as approved in good faith by the Company’s
Board of Directors; and 

  
 71 

 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision only (and specifically not for the purposes of the definition of “Net Proceeds”), each of the following shall be deemed to be
cash: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet)
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; 

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that within 180 days are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); 

(C) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) since the Issue Date that is at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b)
2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value; and 
 (D) the fair market value (measured as of the date such Equity Interests or assets are
received) of any Equity Interests or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of Section 4.10(b). 
 (b) Within
365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale: 

(1) to repay, prepay, redeem or repurchase Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) and other Obligations (other
than Subordinated Indebtedness); 
 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another Related Business, or to
acquire any Equity Interests of another Related Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Equity Interests, the Related Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(3) to make a capital expenditure; 

(4) to acquire other assets (other than securities or current assets) that will be used or useful in a Related Business; or

 (5) a combination of prepayments and investments permitted by the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4); 

provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (2), (3) or
(4) of this Section 4.10(b), as applicable, if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Company has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate
any reinvestment described in clause (2), (3) or (4) of this paragraph, and such reinvestment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. 

  
 72 

 (c) Pending the final application of such Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facilities or any other revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Subject to Section 4.10(e), on the
366th day (as extended pursuant to the provisions in Section 4.10(b)) after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Proceeds
relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), an amount equal to such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds which have not been
applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) with respect to the Notes on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 15 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net
Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and, if required by the terms of any other Indebtedness of the Company ranking pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and which has similar provisions requiring the Company either to make an
offer to repurchase or to otherwise repurchase, redeem or repay such Indebtedness with an amount equal to the proceeds from Asset Sales (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness”), from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro
rata basis (in proportion to the respective principal amounts or accreted value, as the case may be, of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) an aggregate principal amount of Notes (plus, if applicable, an aggregate principal amount or
accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount. The offer price in any Net Proceeds Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (or 100% of the principal amount or
accreted value, as the case may be, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date. 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash
consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and an amount equal to the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.10. 

(e) The Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of
$100.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $100.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to Section 4.10, and in
which case the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be deemed to be the earliest date that the Net Proceeds Offer Amount is equal to or in excess of $100.0 million). 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, with respect to any Asset Sale consummated by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, the Company
may elect to reduce the Net Proceeds Offer Amount by the amount of any Restricted Asset Sale Proceeds, provided, that the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts such that the distribution of any amounts constituting Restricted Asset
Sale Proceeds solely pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof (if such amounts were distributed), or the inclusion of any amounts constituting Restricted Asset Sale Proceeds solely pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof
in the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, would not result in adverse tax consequences of more than a de minimis amount to the Company and its Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by the Company), such that such amounts would not constitute Restricted
Asset Sale Proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall this Section 4.10 require cash at Foreign Subsidiaries to be repatriated. 

  
 73 

 (g) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be sent to the record Holders as shown on the register of
Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender
their Notes in whole or in part in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in exchange for cash. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal
amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) validly tendered by the Holders thereof and not withdrawn exceeds the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness
tendered by the holders thereof) will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of the Notes and, if applicable, the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and not
withdrawn). To the extent that the aggregate amount of the Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the
Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer
Amount shall be reset at zero. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by applicable law. 

(h) The Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net
Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.  

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $100.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11; and 

  
 74 

 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $200.0 million, either (i) a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or (ii) a letter an independent financial advisory, investment banking or appraisal firm, in
each case set forth in an Officer’s certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and, in the case of clause (i), that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and,
therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a): 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Permitted Investments
and Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (3) reasonable fees and compensation paid to (including
issuances and grants of Equity Interests of the Company, employment agreements and share or stock option and ownership plans for the benefit of), and indemnity and insurance provided on behalf of, current, former or future officers, directors,
employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) transactions
pursuant to any agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as in effect on the Issue Date or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than such agreement
as it was in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (5) loans or advances to officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees,
or their respective estates, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees, spouses or former spouses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 

(6) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction
solely because the Company, directly or through any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; provided that no Affiliate of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such Person; 
 (7) any service, purchase, lease, supply or similar
agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to any joint venture agreement) between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate that is a customer, client, supplier, purchaser or
seller of goods or services, so long as the Company determines in good faith that any such agreement is on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate; 
 (8) the issuance
and sale of Qualified Capital Stock; 
 (9) any transaction effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 (10) pledges of equity interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 75 

 (11) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any customary registration rights agreement to which they are a party or become a party in the future; 

(12) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an independent financial advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1); 

(13) any contribution to the common equity capital of the Company; 

(14) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such transaction was not entered into in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(15) any transaction or series of transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any of their
joint ventures. 
 Section 4.12 Liens.  

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, other than, in each case, Permitted Liens, unless the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, are: 

(1) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective
provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such Obligation with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be; and 
 (2) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a
Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to the Lien
securing such subordinated obligation. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing the Notes granted pursuant to this
Section 4.12 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien on the property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Indebtedness, except payment in full made with the proceeds from the foreclosure, sale or other realization from an enforcement on the collateral by the holders of the
Indebtedness described above of their Lien), (b) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or assets secured by such Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Lien in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (c) payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes, or (d) a defeasance or discharge of the Notes in accordance with Article 8 or Article 11. 

  
 76 

 Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.  

Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with
the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Issuers will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes,
pursuant to which each such Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. In the
Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer a payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such
notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by Section 4.14(b) and described in such notice. The Issuers will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result
of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to
the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that
each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date. 

  
 77 

 (c) The provisions of Section 4.14(a) that require the Issuers to make a Change of
Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given prior to the Change of Control pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and
conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement with respect to the Change of Control is in place at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

Section 4.15 Limited Condition Transactions. 

When calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition
Transaction and any related transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof), the date of determination of such basket or ratio and/or absence of any Default or Event of Default shall, at the option of the
Issuers, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into, and such baskets or ratios shall be calculated with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment
provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the
use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation
is made ending prior to such date and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such baskets or ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such basket or ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Company or the
target company) subsequent to such date of determination and at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Transaction, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for
purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Transaction is permitted under this Indenture and (y) such baskets or ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction or related transactions;
provided, further, that if the Issuers elect to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) shall
be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such
Limited Condition Transaction unless and until such Limited Condition Transaction has been abandoned, as determined by the Issuers, prior to the consummation thereof; provided, further, that in connection with the making of Restricted
Payments prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA (and any defined term a component of which is Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA) shall not, in
any case, assume such Limited Condition Transaction has been consummated. 

  
 78 

 Section 4.16 Additional Note Guarantees.  

If and for so long as any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) directly or indirectly, guarantees any Indebtedness of the
Issuers or any domestic Subsidiary of the Company under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility, then such Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and, within 20 Business Days of the date on which it incurs the guarantee of such Indebtedness,
the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental
indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of it the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) a notation of
Guarantee in respect of its Note Guarantee; and 
 (2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel (subject to
customary assumptions and exceptions) that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Restricted
Subsidiary in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” if the designation would not cause a Default. All outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the designated Unrestricted Subsidiary will be treated as an
Investment made at the time of the designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a) or be a Permitted Investment, as applicable. The amount of all such outstanding Investments will be the
aggregate fair market value of such Investments at the time of the designation. The designation will not be permitted if such Investment would not be permitted as a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment at that time and if such Restricted
Subsidiary does not otherwise meet the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board
Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and the conditions set forth in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and was
permitted by Section 4.07. 
 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and,
if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company shall be in default of such Section 4.09. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following
such designation. 

  
 79 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary of the Company shall be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary during any Suspension Period. 
 Section 4.18 Changes in Covenants when Notes are Rated Investment Grade. 

If on any date following the Issue Date: 

(a) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies; and 

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, 

then beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the sections specifically listed below will be suspended
with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) Section 4.10 (Asset Sales); 

(2) Section 4.07 (Restricted Payments); 

(3) Section 4.09 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock); 

(4) Clause (a)(3) of Section 5.01 (Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets); 

(5) Section 4.08 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries); and 

(6) Section 4.11 (Transactions with Affiliates) 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). The period during which covenants are suspended pursuant to this Section 4.18 is
called the “Suspension Period.” The Issuers will notify the Trustee of the occurrence or the termination of any Suspension Period. Upon notice of the occurrence of a Suspension Period and in the absence of notice of the termination such
Suspension Period, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. Upon notice of the termination of a Suspension Period and in the absence of notice of the occurrence of a Suspension Period, the Trustee
shall assume the Suspended Covenants do not apply and are not in full force and effect. 
 In the event that the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of this Section 4.18 and, subsequently, one of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes so that the Notes
no longer have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will, from and after such date (the “Reinstatement Date”),
again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or any
Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to the Suspended Covenants for (a) any actions taken or events occurring
during a Suspension Period (including without limitation any agreements, Liens, preferred stock, obligations (including Indebtedness), or of any other facts or circumstances or obligations that were incurred or otherwise came into existence during a
Suspension Period), or (b) any actions required to be taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation entered into during a Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable
Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. 

  
 80 

 In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, all Indebtedness Incurred
during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred pursuant Section 4.09(b)(2) and all Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement will be calculated as though the limitations contained in Section 4.07 had been
in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. 
 For purposes of Section 4.08, on the Reinstatement Date, any consensual
encumbrances or restrictions of the type specified in Section 4.08(a) entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date, so that they are permitted under Section 4.08(b)(1). 

For purposes of Section 4.11, any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reinstatement Date pursuant to a contract, agreement,
loan, advance or guaranty with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect as of the Issue Date for purposes of Section 4.11(b)(4). 

During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the
Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) Neither the Company nor the Issuers will, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or
series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any
Person or group of affiliated Persons, or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or transactions if such transaction or transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other Person or group of Persons unless: 

(1) either: 

(A) the Company or an Issuer shall be the surviving or continuing corporation or company, or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company or an Issuer) or the Person to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the “Surviving Entity”) is a corporation, limited liability company, exempted company, partnership (including a limited partnership and
exempted limited partnership) or trust organized, incorporated, formed, registered or existing or registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the United Kingdom, Ireland or the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of
Columbia (provided that if such Person is not a corporation, (i) a corporate direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized or existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the United Kingdom, Ireland or the
United States, any 

  
 81 

 
state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, or (ii) a corporation or company of which such Person is a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized,
incorporated or existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the United Kingdom, Ireland or the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, is a co-issuer of the Notes or
becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith); 
 (2) the Surviving
Entity, if applicable, expressly assumes, all of the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture, or in the case of the Company, all of the obligations of the Company under the Note Guarantee and this Indenture, pursuant to a
supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption contemplated by
clause (2) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company, an Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as the
case may be, shall be (a) able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.09 or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition; provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply with respect to the Notes during any Suspension
Period; 
 (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption contemplated
by clause (2) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of such transaction), no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (5) the Company, an Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as the
case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions), each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture
relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any merger of the Company or an Issuer with an
Affiliate (other than the other Issuer) incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or an Issuer in another jurisdiction shall be permitted without regard to clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) and (ii) any
consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted. For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease,
assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, in a
single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than the Company, an Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless: 

  
 82 

 (1) if the Subsidiary Guarantor was a corporation or limited liability
company under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is a corporation or limited liability company
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) such entity
assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee; 
 (3)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a Pro Forma Basis, the
Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (a)(3) of this Section 5.01; provided, however, that this clause (4) shall not apply during any Suspension Period; and 

(5) the Guarantor or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions), each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in
connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of Section 5.01(b) will not apply to any transaction pursuant to which such Subsidiary
Guarantor is automatically released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions described under Section 10.04. 
 Any
reference in this Indenture to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation
of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to,
of or with a separate Person. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted 

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuers or the Company or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers or the Company in accordance with Section 5.01(a) in which such Issuer or the Company is not the continuing entity, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into which such
Issuer or the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer or the Company under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantee, respectively, with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such and such Issuer or the Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the notes and the Note
Guarantee, respectively; provided, however, that the Issuers or the Company shall not be released from their obligations under this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantee, respectively, in the case of a lease. 

  
 83 

 (b) Upon any consolidation or merger of any Subsidiary Guarantor with or into any Person
other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01(b) and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the
Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the
Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore
and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; 

(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (including default in payment when due in
connection with the purchase of Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase); 

(3) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or the Notes, which
default continues for a period of 60 days after the Issuers receive written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) of at least 25% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or
by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether
such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure
to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any
such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of the greater of (a) $120.0 million and
(b) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (excluding amounts bonded or covered by insurance); 
 (5) failure by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay non-appealable final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (a) $120.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (excluding amounts covered by
insurance or bonded), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered
by insurance, an 

  
 84 

 
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its Obligations under its Note Guarantee if, and only if, in each such case, such default
continues for 10 days; 
 (7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, 

(E) takes any comparable action under any non-U.S. Bankruptcy Law, or 

(F) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 (C) orders the
winding up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(D) grants any similar relief under any non-U.S. Bankruptcy Law, 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 consecutive days. 

  
 85 

 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any,
and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuers (and to the Trustee, if given by Holders) specifying the Event of Default
and that it is a “notice of acceleration.” 
 Upon any such declaration, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder except a
continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes that has become due solely because of the
acceleration); provided the Issuers have paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances (including reasonable attorney’s fees). 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All
remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes (including in
connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that
resulted from such acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 86 

 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the
Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification and/or
security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) caused by or that might be caused by taking or not taking such action. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee
to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security and/or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with such request
within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if
any, or interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel (including
without limitation any amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07). 

  
 87 

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or the
Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall
be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any
Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

After an Event of Default, any moneys or properties distributable in respect of any Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations under
this Indenture, or any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, shall be paid out or distributed in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), the Agents, and their respective agents and attorneys for
amounts due under Section 7.06, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or any Agent and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if
any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively; and 

Third: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 Section 6.12
Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture
and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the
Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

  
 88 

 Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and
remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right
or remedy. 
 Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed
expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice,
the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

  
 89 

 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein. 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its
own willful misconduct (as provided in a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision), except that: 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved
in a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No
provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any
Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money
and other property held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties
hereunder. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have
been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the
Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate
or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

  
 90 

 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Issuers will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of each of the Issuers and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.  

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty of the Trustee, and the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the power conferred upon it by this Indenture other than for its own negligence or willful misconduct. 

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless a
Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, or the Trustee shall be specifically notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default by the Issuers or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes, the Issuers and this Indenture. 
 (i) The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed, and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder, and to each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) Except with respect to Section 4.01, the
Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance by the Issuers with respect to the covenants contained in Article 4. 
 (k) In
no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or
other unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility. 
 (l) The Trustee may request
that the Issuers and the Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 

(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(n) The Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document, but the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to) make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records, and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or
attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 91 

 (o) The transferor of any Note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all
information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Code. The Trustee may rely on information provided
to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information. In connection with any proposed exchange of a certificated Note for a Global Note, each of the Issuers or DTC shall be required to provide or cause to be
provided to the Trustee all information in its possession necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Code.
The Trustee may rely on information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information. 

(p) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

(q) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (r) The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate or verify the
calculation of the accrued and unpaid interest payable on the Notes. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any
Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or Note
Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or Issuers or upon the Company’s or Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be
responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or Note Guarantees or in the Offering
Memorandum or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations
evidenced by the Notes or the Note Guarantees. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if any event has occurred or notify the Holders of any event dependent upon the rating of the Notes, or if the rating on the
Notes has been changed, suspended or withdrawn by any Rating Agency. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if any Change of Control, Suspension Period or Reinstatement Date, or any other event has occurred or
notify the Holders of any such event. 

  
 92 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee
will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee’s receipt of notice of the occurrence of the Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of
principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Issuers will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as
mutually agreed to in writing. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances
and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its directors, officers, agents and employees for and
hold them harmless against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of
its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, the
Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder, and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs incurred in
connection with any action, claim or suit brought to enforce the Trustee’s right to compensation, reimbursement or indemnification, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful
misconduct as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision. The Trustee will notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by
the Trustee to so notify the Issuers will not relieve the Issuers or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Issuers will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any settlement
of a such a claim which affects the Trustee may not be entered into without the written consent of the Trustee, unless the Trustee is given a full and unconditional release from liability with respect to the claims covered thereby and such
settlement does not include a statement or admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of the Trustee. 
 (c) The
obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any
Bankruptcy Law, or the earlier resignation, removal or replacement of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the Issuers’ and the
Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest
on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 93 

 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

(f) “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.06 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its
capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee
hereunder. 
 Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30
days’ notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee upon 30
days’ notice and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ notice if: 
 (1) the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of
the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuers. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09,
such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuers. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.06 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee. 

  
 94 

 Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification.

 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a national association or corporation organized and doing business under the laws
of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus
of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions
set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and
to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the
following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04; 

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust under Article 2 and Section 4.02; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’
obligations in connection therewith; and 

  
 95 

 (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of their option under Section 8.03. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18
and clause (3) of Section 5.01 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be
deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding”
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and
the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by
reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the
remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either
Section 8.02 or 8.03: 
 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment
bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be,
and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in
the case of an election under Section 8.02, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) confirming that: 

(A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders or the beneficial owners of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 96 

 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03, the Issuers shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) confirming that the Holders or the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such default under this Indenture resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

(6) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers
with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary
assumptions and exceptions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust
and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account
of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to
the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 97 

 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuers. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium
on, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable abandoned property law, be paid to the Issuers on its request or (if
then held by the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated
notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); 
 (3) to provide for the assumption of
the Issuers’ or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers’ or a Guarantor’s assets; 

  
 98 

 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; 

(5) to add any Person as a Guarantor; provided any such supplemental indenture may be signed by the Issuers, the Guarantor
providing the Note Guarantee and the Trustee; 
 (6) to remove a Guarantor which, in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Note Guarantee or to evidence the release of any Guarantor permitted to be released under the terms of this Indenture or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental Indenture and/or a Note
Guarantee with respect to the Notes; 
 (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by
a successor Trustee; 
 (8) to secure all of the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(9) to add to the covenants of the Issuers or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor; 
 (10) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees to
any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the
Notes, the Note Guarantees; 
 (11) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set
forth in this Indenture; or 
 (12) to comply with the provisions of the Depositary or the Trustee with respect to Article 2
of this Indenture. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any
such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture
authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that
affects its own rights, duties, indemnities, protections or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of
Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without
limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any
existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered
to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 

  
 99 

 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their respective Board of
Directors or managers, as applicable, authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and Section 9.05, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental
indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities, protections or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental
Indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any
supplemental indenture hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent
previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or
any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement
or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, including the waiver
of Defaults or Events of Default, or to a rescission and cancellation of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes; 
 (2)
reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 

(3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of
the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14); 

(4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes
to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment; 

  
 100 

 (6) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of,
interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes; provided that this clause (6) shall not limit the right of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes to rescind and cancel a declaration of acceleration
of the Notes following delivery of an acceleration notice as described in Section 6.02); 
 (7) release any Guarantor
from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 

(8) contractually subordinate the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any other Indebtedness; or 

(9) make any change in this Section 9.02. 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors or manager, as applicable, of the Issuers has authorized or approved it, or
delegated authority to authorize or approve it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents
required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that it will be valid and binding upon the
Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms. 

  
 101 

 ARTICLE 10 

NOTE GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01
Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to
each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or
thereunder, that: 
 (1) the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when
due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder
or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability
of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce
the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. Each Guarantor also jointly and severally agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights
under this Section 10.01. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the
Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and
the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and
payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note
Guarantee. 

  
 102 

 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture
or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or
acquires any Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.16, the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 

Section 10.04 Releases. 
 (a) Upon
any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation), in a transaction not prohibited by Section 4.10, to any Person who is not (either before or
after giving effect to the transaction) the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; 

(b) In connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Subsidiary Guarantor, in a transaction not prohibited
by Section 4.10, to any Person who is not (either before or after giving effect to the transaction) the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note
Guarantee; 
 provided, in both clauses (a) and (b), that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10. 

  
 103 

 (c) Upon the release or discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its Guarantee of
Indebtedness of the Issuers and any domestic Subsidiary of the Company under the Credit Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and any other Credit Facility, including the Guarantee that resulted in the obligation
of such Subsidiary Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such Note Guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any
such Guarantee of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility is reinstated, such Note Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor would then be required to provide a Note Guarantee
pursuant to Section 4.16); provided that if such Subsidiary Guarantor has incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 4.09, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under such
Indebtedness so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) under Section 4.09, such Guarantor will be automatically released and
relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (d) if such Subsidiary Guarantor merges with and into the Company or an Issuer,
with the Company or an Issuer surviving such merger, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; 

(e) If such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or otherwise ceases to be a
Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of liquidation or dissolution) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

(f) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance
with Article 11, each Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (g) If it is
determined in good faith by the Company that a liquidation, dissolution or merger out of existence of any Subsidiary Guarantor is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders, such Guarantor will be
automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 The Note Guarantee of the Company will be automatically
released, in connection with any transaction resulting in the creation of a Parent Entity, upon the release or discharge of the Company from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuers and any domestic Subsidiary of the Company under the Credit
Agreement (including by reason of the termination of the Credit Agreement) and any other Credit Facility (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee of Indebtedness
under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility is reinstated, such Note Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that the Company would then be required to provide a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16); provided,
for the avoidance of doubt, that any such Parent Entity will become a Guarantor with respect to the Notes and under this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee). 
 The Issuers will notify the Trustee if any Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from
its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture
as provided in this Article 10. Upon delivery by the Issuers to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

  
 104 

 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01
Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to
surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from their trust as provided in this Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation; or 
 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and
payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year; and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof (in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee if U.S. Government Obligations are delivered), without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (2) in respect of subclause (b) of clause
(1) of this Section 11.01, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any
similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuers
or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar
concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 
 (3)
the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the
Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 

  
 105 

 In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to
customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied. After the conditions to discharge contained in this Article 11 have
been satisfied, and the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers, and delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied, the Trustee upon the Issuers’ request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture, subject to those obligations that
survive. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06, that, by
their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons
entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, any Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01 [Reserved] 
 Section 12.02
Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing
and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, e-mail in PDF format or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the
others’ address: 
 If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor: 

Herbalife Nutrition Ltd. 
 800 W.
Olympic Blvd., Suite 406 
 Los Angeles, California 90015 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 106 

 With a copy to: 

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 

2029 Century Park East 
 Los
Angeles, CA 90067 
 Facsimile: (310) 552-7053 

Attention: Jonathan Layne, Esq. 

If to the Trustee: 
 Citibank,
N.A. 
 388 Greenwich Street 

New York, New York 10013 

Attention: Agency & Trust 

The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted electronically or by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery
to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided, that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the
Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, they will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time. 
 The Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with instructions and directions sent by e-mail, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of the Issuers, the Guarantors or any Person. The
Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person who sent such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by unsecured email, PDF, facsimile or other similar unsecured electronic
transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of the Issuers or Guarantors; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities,
damages, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Issuers or Guarantors as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices, or other communications or information. The Issuers or Guarantors
agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on
unauthorized instructions, reports, notices or other communications or information and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 107 

 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating
that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the authentication of Initial Notes that are
originally issued on the Issue Date. Such counsel may rely on representations, warranties and certificates (including an Officer’s Certificate) of other Persons as to matters of fact, and may qualify the Opinion of Counsel with customary
assumptions and exceptions. 
 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
pursuant to Section 4.04) must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion
of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

  
 108 

 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or shareholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such,
will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04. 

Section 12.11 Severability. 
 In
case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original
Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted electronically or by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

  
 109 

 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are
not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14 U.S.A
Patriot Act. 
 The Issuers acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all
financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account
with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

[Signatures on following page] 
  

  
 110 

 SIGNATURES 

Dated as of the date first written above. 

			
	
	 HLF FINANCING SaRL, LLC

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	 Name: Richard Caloca

		 	 Title: Manager

	
	 HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	 Name: Richard Caloca

		 	 Title: Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	LUXEMBOURG GUARANTORS:
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL LUXEMBOURG S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) having its registered office at 16, Avenue de la Gare, L-1610 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 88006
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hélène Dekhar

	Name: Hélène Dekhar
	Title: Class A Manager and authorized signatory
	
	HBL LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) having its registered office at 16, Avenue de la Gare, L-1610 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 143.579
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hélène Dekhar

	Name: Hélène Dekhar
	Title: Class A Manager and authorized signatory
	
	WH LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) having its registered office at 16, Avenue de la Gare, L-1610 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 88.007
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hélène Dekhar

	Name: Hélène Dekhar
	Title: Class A Manager and authorized signatory

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	HBL LUXEMBOURG SERVICES S.À R.L., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) having its registered office at 16, Avenue de la Gare, L-1610 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 235926
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hélène Dekhar

	Name: Hélène Dekhar
	Title: Class A Manager and authorized signatory

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	DELAWARE GUARANTORS:
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL DO BRASIL LTDA.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE KOREA CO., LTD.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE MANUFACTURING LLC
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE VENEZUELA HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer
	
	 HERBALIFE VH INTERMEDIATE INTERNATIONAL, LLC
  

By: VHSA LLC
  

By: Herbalife International, Inc.

		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	HERBALIFE VH INTERNATIONAL LLC
	
	By: Herbalife VH Intermediate International, LLC
	
	By: VHSA LLC
	
	By: Herbalife International, Inc.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer
	
	HLF FINANCING US, LLC
	
	By: HLF Financing SaRL, LLC
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Manager
	
	HLF LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS, INC. 
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	WH LUXEMBOURG INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, S.À R.L. LLC 
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HLF FINANCING, INC. 
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	CALIFORNIA GUARANTORS:
	
	HERBALIFE TAIWAN, INC.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL OF EUROPE, INC.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL (THAILAND), LTD.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	NEVADA GUARANTORS:
	
	WH CAPITAL CORPORATION 
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: CFO/Treasurer
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL OF AMERICA, INC.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	CAYMAN ISLANDS GUARANTORS:
	
	HERBALIFE NUTRITION LTD.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer
	
	HV HOLDINGS LTD.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: President and Treasurer
	
	WH INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LTD.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Richard Caloca

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: President and Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	 Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
  

	By:	 	 /s/ Louis Piscitelli

		 	Name: Louis Piscitelli
		 	Title: Senior Trust Officer

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 

 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
  

CUSIP ____________ 
 ISIN
____________ 
 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 

No. ___ $____________ 
 HLF FINANCING SaRL, LLC

 HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
 promises to
pay to or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of __________________________________________________________ DOLLARS* on
June 1, 2029. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 
 Dated:
___________________ 
  

			
	HLF FINANCING SaRL, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Manager
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer

  

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to
	 in the within-mentioned Indenture:
  

	CITIBANK, N.A.
	 as Trustee
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below
unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the “Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”),
promise to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 4.875% per annum from _______________ until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
commencing December 1, 2021, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day; provided no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of such delay (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the
face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _____________. The Issuers will pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the
Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to
principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided
wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially,
Citibank, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company, the Issuers or any of the Company’s
other Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 A-2 

 (4) INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 20, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
by acceptance hereof, in accordance with the Indenture, Holders agree to be bound by all of such terms as they may be amended from time to time. Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuers. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal
amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) Except as provided in this paragraph (5), the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to
June 1, 2024. 
 (b) At any time prior to June 1, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to
40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings consummated after the Issue Date; provided that: 
 (i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (unless all such Notes are otherwise repurchased or redeemed); and 

(ii) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(c) At any time prior to June 1, 2024, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon
not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to
the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the Applicable Premium promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for such calculation nor shall it verify such calculation. 
 (d) On or after June 1, 2024, the Issuers may
on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.438	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.219	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-3 

 If an optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the
related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Notes is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes
will be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 
 The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time
purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (e) In the event that
holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer (as defined below) and the Issuers (or any third party making such Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers) purchases all of
the Notes held by such holders, the Issuers will have the right, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described below, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the repurchase date). 
 (6)
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Issuers will be required to make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of
Control Payment”). Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 25 days following any Net
Proceeds Offer Trigger Date (subject to Section 4.10(e) of the Indenture), a Net Proceeds Offer shall be sent to the record Holder as shown on the register of Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. Any Net Proceeds Offer shall comply with the
procedures set forth in Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of a Net Proceeds Offer may, prior to any
related Purchase Date, elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 15 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more
than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in
minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 A-4 

 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note
may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 (11)
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture. 

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Notes are subject to the
Events of Default and remedies set forth in Article 6 of the Indenture. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 (13)
TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company, its Affiliates or
the Issuers, and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Affiliates or the Issuers, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (14)
NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of any
Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or
facsimile signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=
Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (17) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-5 

 (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

Herbalife Nutrition Ltd. 
 800 W.
Olympic Blvd., Suite 406 
 Los Angeles, California 90015 

Attention: Corporate Secretary 

  
 A-6 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: __________________________________________________________________ 

(Insert assignee’s legal name) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer
this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date: _______________ 

 

			
	 [Assignor]
  

	By:	 	  

	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 Signature Guarantee*: _________________________ 

 

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-7 

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 

☐  Section 4.10            ☐  Section 
4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_______________ 

Date: _______________ 
  

			
		 	Your Signature: ___________________________________
		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

		 	Tax Identification No.: _______________________________

 Signature Guarantee*: _________________________ 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-8 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a
part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount

of this Global Note following
such decrease

(or increase)
	  	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or
Custodian

  

	*	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-9 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Herbalife
Nutrition Ltd. 
 800 W. Olympic Blvd., Suite 406 
 Los Angeles,
California 90015 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 Citibank,
N.A. 
 388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 

Attention: Agency & Trust 
 Re:
[fill in full title of securities] 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2021 (the
“Indenture”), among HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the
“Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”), Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability (the
“Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in
Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note
pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further
certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect
to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer
is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive
Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being
made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was
outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was

  
 B-1 

 
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the
Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the
transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive
Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 

or 
 (c) ☐
such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 
 (d) ☐
such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor, an Initial Purchaser or any corporate parent of the Company, and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule
144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) if such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional
Accredited Investor, a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel
provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

  
 B-2 

 (a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(c) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance
with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State
of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 5. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Global Note as registered
Holder thereof. Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has
not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to a Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed.
Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Restricted Global Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit
and the benefit of the Issuers. 
  

			
	  
 [Insert Name of
Transferor]
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: _______________________ 

  
 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 

(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in the: 

(i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(iii) ☐ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

[CHECK ONE] 
 (a) ☐ a
beneficial interest in the: 
 (i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(iii) ☐ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________), or 

(iv) ☐ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or 

(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

(c) ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

(d) ☐ a Restricted Global Note as registered Holder thereof. 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Herbalife
Nutrition Ltd. 
 800 W. Olympic Blvd., Suite 406 
 Los Angeles,
California 90015 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary 
 Citibank,
N.A. 
 388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 

Attention: Agency & Trust 
 Re:
[fill in full title of securities] 
 (CUSIP [         ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the
“Issuers”), Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 __________________________, (the “Owner”)
owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby
certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States. 
 (b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws
of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1 

 (c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,
(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive
Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)
☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive
Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with
the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, ☐ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial
interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers. 

 
  

			
	  
 [Insert Name of
Transferor]
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: _______________________ 

  
 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Herbalife Nutrition Ltd. 
 800 W. Olympic Blvd., Suite 406 

Los Angeles, California 90015 
 Attention: Corporate Secretary

 Citibank, N.A. 
 388 Greenwich Street 

New York, New York 10013 
 Attention: Agency & Trust 

Re: [fill in full title of securities] 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the
“Issuers”), Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________
aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a) ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b) ☐ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest
therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we
will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect
of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United
States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we
further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that
resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is
an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Issuers are
entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	  
 [Insert Name of
Accredited Investor]
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: _______________________ 

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 20, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
“Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”), Herbalife Nutrition Ltd., a
Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of,
premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the
due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders
of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

 

			
	 [NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

 

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, among
__________________ (the “New Guarantor”), HLF Financing SaRL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”) and Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Issuer, the “Issuers”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
the Issuers have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 20, 2021 providing for the issuance of 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); 

WHEREAS, the New Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to provide its Guarantee in
accordance with Article 10 of the Indenture and all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture a valid agreement of the New Guarantor, in accordance with the terms thereof, have been done; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Issuers, the New Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The New Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. 
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

  
 F-1 

 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute
effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be
deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section
headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 7. THE TRUSTEE. The
Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Note Guarantee or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made
solely by the New Guarantor and the Issuers. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, indemnities, protections, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this
Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein. 

  
 F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated: _______________, 

 

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	HLF FINANCING SaRL, LLC
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Manager
	
	HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name: Richard Caloca
		 	Title: Treasurer

  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A.
	 as Trustee
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 F-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00328-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00328-of-00352.parquet"}]]